Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

denoting proportion

  • 1 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 2 EPTIR

    prep with dat. and acc.;
    I. with dat.
    1) with verbs of motion, after (ríða, róa, fara, ganga, senda e-m);
    2) denoting the aim and object of many verbs;
    leita, spyrja, frétta, eptir e-u, to search, ask, inquire after;
    líta eptir e-u, to look afler, attend to;
    bíða eptir e-u, to wait for;
    vaka eptir e-m, to sit up waiting for one;
    segja eptir e-m, to report behind one’s back;
    3) following the course of a track, road, etc., along;
    niðr eptir hálsinum, down the hill;
    eptir endilongu, from one end to the other;
    eptir miðju, along the middle;
    4) after, according to, in accordance with (eptir sið þeirra ok lögum);
    hann leiddist eptir fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion;
    gekk allt eptir því sem H. hafði sagt, according as H. had said;
    5) denoting proportion, comparison;
    fátt manna eptir því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he was want to have;
    6) with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after;
    láta eptir e-m, to indulge one;
    breyta eptir e-m, to imitate;
    7) behind (hann leiddi eptir sér hestinn);
    fundust eptir þeim írskar bœkr, which they had left behind;
    II. with acc.
    1) of time, after, in succession to (vár kom eptir vetr);
    hvern dag eptir annan, one day after the other;
    ár eptir ár, dag eptir dag, year by year, day by day;
    eptir þat, after that, thereafter;
    2) denoting succession, inheritance;
    taka e-t í arf eptir e-n, to inherit from one;
    hann tók konungdóm eptir föður sinn, after his father;
    vita þá skömm eptir sik, to leave such a bad report;
    skaði mikill er eptir menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men;
    III. as adv.
    1) after;
    annat sumar eptir, the second summer after;
    um daginn eptir, the day after;
    eptir um várit, later during the spring;
    eptir koma úsvinnum ráð, the fool is wise when too late;
    2) behind;
    bíða sitja eptir, to wait, stay behind;
    vera, standa eptir, to remain behind, be left;
    halda e-u eptir, to keep back;
    skammt get ek eptir þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life;
    3) before the rel. part., eptir er = eptir þat er, after (ef maðr, andast á þingi eptir er menn eru á braut farnir);
    4) eptir á, afterwards, later on;
    * * *
    better spelt eftir, in common pronunciation ettir, a prep. with dat. and acc. and also used as adv. or ellipt. without a case: an older form ept or eft only occurs in poetry, Skm. 39, 41, Ýt. 2, Edda 91 (in a verse); ept víg, Hkr. i. 349 (in a verse), iii. 50 (Arnór); [cp. Goth. afar; Runic stone in Tune, after; A. S. æft; Engl. after, aft; Swed.-Dan. efter]:—after.
    A. WITH DAT., LOC.; with verbs denoting following, pursuing, or the like; hann reið e. þeim, Eg. 149; hann bar merkit eptir honum, he bore the standard after him, 297; róa e. þeim, to pull after them, Ld. 118; þegar e. Kara, on the heels of Kari, Nj. 202; varð ekki e. honum gengit, none went after him, 270.
    β. with the notion to fetch; senda e. e-m, to send after one, Eb. 22, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 2; ríða í Hornafjörð e. fé yðru, ride to H. after your things, Nj. 63.
    γ. ellipt., viljum vér eigi e. fara, we will not follow after them. Eb. 242; ek mun hlaupa þegar e., Nj. 202.
    2. metaph.,
    α. with verbs denoting to look, stara, líta, sjá, gá, horfa, mæna, etc. e. e-u, to stare, look after a thing while departing, Ísl. ii. 261: leita, spyrja, frétta etc. e. e-u, to ask, ‘speer,’ seek after a thing, Nj. 75, Eg. 155, 686, Fms. i. 71, x. 148, etc.
    β. segja e. e-m, to tell tales, report behind one’s back in a bad sense, 623. 62; þó at ek segða eigi óhapp eptir tengda-mönnum mínum, Sturl. i. 66; sjá e. e-u, to look after, miss a thing, Nj. 75; leggja hug e. e-u, to mind a thing, Ísl. ii. 426; taka e., to mind, mark a thing; ganga e. e-u, to retain a thing, Fms. x. 5.
    γ. verbs denoting to expect; bíða, vænta e. e-u, to expect, wait for a thing; vaka e. e-m, to sit up waiting for one, but vaka yfir e-m, to sit up nursing or watching one, cp. Fas. ii. 535.
    II. denoting along, in the direction of a track, road, or the like; niðr e. hálsinum, down the hill, Fms. iii. 192; út e. firði, stood out along the firth, i. 37; innar e. höllinni, Nj. 270; upp e. dal, Eb. 232; ofan e. dalnum, Nj. 34; ofan e. eyrunum, 143; upp e. eyrunum, 85; innar e. búðinni, 165; út e. þvertrénu, 202; ofan e. reykinum, Eb. 230; inn e. Skeiðum, 224; inn e. Álptafirði, id.; innar e. ísum, 236; inn e. ísum, 316; út e. ísnum, 236; út e. Hafsbotnum, Orkn. 1; e. endilöngu, from one end to another, Fms. x. 16; e. miðju, along the middle, vii. 89.
    2. metaph. after, according to; e. því sem vera ætti, Ld. 66; e. sið þeirra ok lögum, Fms. i. 81; e. þínum fortölum, ii. 32; hann leiddisk e. fortölum hennar, he was led by her persuasion, v. 30; gékk allt e. því sem Hallr hafði sagt, Nj. 256; gékk allt e. því sem honum hafði vitrað verit, all turned out as he had dreamed, Fms. ii. 231; e. minni vísan, i. 71.
    β. denoting proportion, comparison; þó eigi e. því sem faðir hans var, yet not like his father, Eg. 702; fátt manna e. því sem hann var vanr, few men in comparison to what he used to have, Sturl. ii. 253; þat var orð á, at þar færi aðrar e., people said that the rest was of one piece, Ld. 168.
    γ. with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after, etc.; lifa e. holdi sínu, to live after the flesh, Hom. 25; lifa e. Guði, 73; lifit e. mér, follow after me, Blas. 45; láta e. e-m, to indulge one; mæla e. e-m, to take one’s part, Nj. 26: breyta e. e-m, to imitate; dæma e. e-m, to give a sentence for one, 150; fylgja e. e-m, to follow after one, N. T.; herma e. e-m, to mimic one’s voice and gesture, as a juggler; mun ek þar e. gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I will do after just as you do before, Nj. 90; hann mælti e. ( he repeated the words) ok stefndi rangt, 35; leika e. e-m, to follow one’s lead; telja e., to grudge; langa e., to long after, Luke xxii. 15.
    δ. kalla, heita e. e-m, to name a child after one; kallaði Hákon eptir föður sínum Hákoni, Fms. i. 14; kallaðr e. Mýrkjartani móður-föður sínum, Ld. 108: lcel. now make a distinction, heita í höfuðit á e-m, of a living person, and heita e. e-m, of one deceased.
    III. denoting behind; fundusk e. þeim Írskar bækr, Irish books were found which they had left behind, Landn. (pref.), Fms. xi. 410; draga þik blindan e. sér, vi. 323; bera e-t e. sér, to drag behind one; hann leiddi e. sér hestinn, he led the horse after him, Eg. 766.
    β. as an adv., þá er eigi hins verra e. ván er slíkt ferr fyrir, what worse can come after, when such things went before? Nj. 34.
    2. but chiefly ellipt. or adverb.; láta e., to leave behind, Sturl. i. 60; sitja e., to sit, stay behind, Fms. i. 66; bíða e., to stay behind; vera e., Grett. 36 new Ed., Bs. i. 21; standa e., to stay behind, remain, be left, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248; dveljask e., to delay, stop, Sturl. ii. 253; leggja e., to lay behind, but liggja e., to lie behind, i. e. be left, Karl. 439; eiga e., to have to do, Nj. 56; ef ekki verðr e., if naught remain behind, Rb. 126; skammt get ek e., þinnar æfi, I guess that little is left of thy life, Nj. 182; þau bjoggu þar e., they remained, stayed there. 25.
    B. WITH ACC., TEMP, after; vetri e. fall Ólafs, Eb. (fine); sextán vetrum e. dráp Eadmundar konungs …, vetrum e. andlát Gregorii, … e. burð Christi, Íb. 18; e. fall jarls, Eg. 297; e. verk þessi, Nj. 85: esp. immediately after, var kom e. vetr, spring came after winter, Eg. 260; hvern dag e. annan, one day after another, Hom. 158; ár e. ár, year after year, Rb. 292; dag e. dag, day after day, Fms. ii. 231; e. þat, or e. þetta, after that, Lat. deinde, deinceps, Nj. 151, Eb. 58, Bs. i. 5, etc. etc.; e. þingit, after the meeting, Eb. 108; e. sætt Eyrbyggja, 252.
    2. denoting succession, inheritance, remembrance, etc.; eptir in this sense is frequent on the Runic stones, to the memory of, after; hón á arf allan e. mik, Nj. 3; tekit í arf e. föður þinn, inherited after thy father, Fms. i. 256; ef skapbætendr eru eigi til e. bauga, i. e. to receive the weregild, Grág. ii. 184; þeir er sektar-fé eiga at taka e. þik, Nj. 230; tók konungdóm e. föður sinn, took the kingdom after his father, Fms. i. 2; Þorkell tók lögsögu e. Þórarinn, Thorkel took the speakership after Thorarin, Íb. ch. 5, cp. ch. 8, 10: metaph., vita þá skömm e. sik, to know that shame [ will be] after one, i. e. leave such a bad report, Ld. 222; skaði mikill er e. menn slíka, there is a great loss in such men, Eg. 93; hann fastaði karföstu e. son sinn, he fasted the lenten fast after his son’s death, Sturl. ii. 231; sonr … e. genginn guma, a son to succeed his deceased father, Hm. 71; mæla e. en, or eiga vígsmál (eptir-mál) e. e-n, to conduct the suit after one if slain, Nj. 254 (freq.), hence eptir-mál; eptir víg Arnkels vóru konur til erfðar ok aðildar, Eb. 194; í hefnd e. e-n, to revenge one’s death, Nj. 118; heimta gjöld e. menn sína, to claim weregild, Fms. viii. 199.
    β. the phrase, vera e. sig, to be weary after great exertion.
    II. used as adv. after; síðan e. á öðrum degi, on the second day thereafter, Hom. 116: síðan e., Lat. deinceps, Fms. x. 210; um várit e., the spring after, Eb. 125 new Ed.; annat sumar e., the second summer after, Nj. 14; annat haust e., Eb. 184; annan dag e., the second day after, Nj. 3; um daginn e., the day after, Fms. vii. 153, Bs. i. 21; næsta mánuð e., Rb. 126.
    β. by placing the adverb. prep. at the beginning the sense becomes different, later; e. um várit, later during the spring, Eb. 98.
    III. used adverb. with the relat. particles er, at; e. er, Lat. postquam, Grág. i. 10; e. at, id., K. Þ. K. 32.
    β. eptir á, afterward; the proverb, eptir (mod. eptir á) koma ósvinnum ráð í hug, the fool is wise too late, Vápn. 17, Fas. i. 98; eptir á, kvað hinn …, ‘ after a bit,’ quoth the …, (a proverb.)

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EPTIR

  • 3 ÁT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    n. [éta, át, edere, A. S. ǽt], the act of eating, in the phrase, at öldri ok at áti, inter bibendum et edendum, Grág. ii. 170, N. G. L. i. 29; át ok drykkja, Fas. ii. 552, Orkn. 200; át ok atvinna, Stj. 143: of beasts, kýr hafnaði átinu, the cow (being sick) would not eat, Bs. i. 194.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÁT

  • 4 VIÐ

    I)
    prep. with dat. and acc.
    I. with dat.
    hann sló honum niðr v. steininum, he dashed his head against the stone;
    hús liggja v. velli, the houses lie in ruins;
    kasta sér niðr v. velli, to cast oneself down on the ground;
    er inn efri kjöptr v. himni, en inn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touches the heaven, the lower the earth;
    hann hjó hann upp v. garðinum, he smote him close by the fence;
    skera af sér strenginn við øxinni, to cut the string, asunder against the axe;
    2) against, towards, of direction;
    horfa v. e-m, to look towards, face;
    3) along with (hann hafði marga smiðu v. sér);
    4) with, of an instrument (jarl hljóp upp v. sverði);
    5) among;
    gengu síðan í sæti sin v. öðrum mönnum, among other men;
    6) denoting barter, exchange, against, for (geta gull v. grjóti);
    7) denoting remedy, against (hjálpa e-m v. e-u);
    8) against, denoting contest, warding off (hafa liðsafla v. e-m);
    hafa (viz. afl) v. e-m, to be one’s match;
    9) ellipt. usages;
    stinga v. fótum, to stop;
    hrífa v., to catch hold;
    risa v., to withstand;
    hvatz hann fiðr v., whatsoever he may object;
    II. with acc.
    1) by, at, close to (sníða skeggit við hökuna);
    skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield;
    v. Sandhólaferju, at Sandholferry;
    v. veginn, by the wayside;
    v. ána, by the river;
    draga segl v. hún, to hoist the sail to the top;
    festa e-n v. meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, tree;
    binda v. fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg;
    dró upp flóka v. austr, in the east;
    2) of time, towards, at;
    v. solar-setr, at sunset;
    v. sól, with the sun, at sunrise;
    v. aptan, towards evening;
    3) at, by (vera heima v. bú sitt);
    Hrútr var v. skip um sumarit, H. stayed by his ship during the summer;
    sitja v. stýri, to sit at the rudder;
    styðja sik v. e-t, to lean on;
    ganga v. staf, to walk with a staff;
    vera v. e-t, to be present at;
    sitja v. drykk, to sit at drink;
    í sýn v. bœinn, within sight of the town;
    5) denoting company, with (bauð þeim heim vill alla sína menn);
    v. annan, þriðja, fjórða mann, being two, three, four altogether;
    6) towards (a person or thing), respecting, regarding (mildr, blíðr, góðr v. e-n);
    til gæzlu v. e-n: for keeping, watching one;
    hræddr v. e-n, afraid of one;
    7) of cause, by, at;
    falla v. högg, to fall by a stroke;
    sigla v. stjörnuljós, to sail by starlight;
    verða reiðr v. e-t, to become wroth at;
    8) as compared with, set off against (þrjóta mun okkr illsku v. þik);
    eigi minna virðr en v. konunginn, of equal worth with the king;
    9) according to, after (gera klæði v. vöxt e-s);
    v. sik, in proportion;
    hann var skapaðr allr v. sik, well shaped, symmetrical;
    vita, hvat v. sik væri, to know what was the matter;
    10) denoting means, with, by (v. þessar fortölur);
    tendra eld v. e-t, to make fire by;
    11) ellipt. usages;
    bregða við, to start;
    hann þagði v., he remained silent;
    fá v. þrjú skip, to add three ships;
    þurfa v., to need;
    bjarga, hjálpa e-u v., to help, put right;
    koma e-u við, to bring about.
    (gen. -jar, pl. -jar), f. withy, withe; collar (viðjar af gulli).
    pers. pron. dual, we two.
    * * *
    1.
    f., gen. sing. viðjar, pl. viðjar, [Dan. vidje; Engl. withy; akin is víðir, q. v.]:— a withy or with; síðan var viðin ( a withy halter) dregin á hals honum, Fms. vii. 13 (see v. l.); þarmarnir urðu at viðu (sic) sterkri, Fas. iii. 34; ef röng eða viðjar slitna, Jb. 398; var enginn saumr í, en viðjar fyrir kné, of a boat, Fms. vii. 216; höggva tré til viðja, K. Þ. K. 88; viðjar af gulli ok silfri, on a dog, Hkr. i. 136, Fas. iii. 45; tún-svín þat er hringr, knappr eða við sé í rana, Grág. ii. 232; stjórn-við, the ‘rudder-withy,’ the strap in which the paddle-like rudder moved, like the ζευκτηρίαι in Act. Apost. xxvii. 40.
    2.
    pron. pers. dual (= vit), we two (see ek C); this spelling, which is also that of the oldest vellums, answers to the mod. pronunciation, passim: in mod. usage it has quite taken the place of the old plur. vér.
    3.
    prep., also used ellipt. without its case, or simply as an adverb; við is a curtailed form of viðr, which latter form remains in a few compds, even in mod. usage, thus, viðr-eign, viðr-kenna, viðr-nefni, viðr-lífi, viðr-væri; when found singly, við is the common form in Icel.; but as in MSS. it is commonly abbreviated, v̾, the two forms are hardly distinguishable; við, however, is received as the usual form, viðr being more freq. in Norse vellums, and in some later Icel. vellums imitating the Norse spelling: [Goth. wiþra = πρός; A. S. wider; cp. Scot. wither-shins; O. H. G. widar; Germ. wieder; but Engl. with; Dan. ved; Swed. wäd]:—against, towards, etc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Against, denoting a leaning or resting on, striking against, or the like; hann hjó hann upp við garðinum, smote him standing against the wall, Nj. 120; stinga höndum við berginu, Symb. 59; ganga við brekkunni, up-hill, against the hill, cp. Lat. adversus montem, Valla L. 212; skjóta við honum skildinum, Fms. i. 44; ljósta skildi við kesjunni, Eg. 378; hann spyrndi við svá fast … spyrna við grunni, Edda 36; kasta sér niðr við vellinum, Nj. 58; leggja e-n við velli, Boll. 344; slá honum niðr við steininum, dashed his head against the stone, Finnb. 292; hann drap hann við borðinu, Korm. 236; hjó af honum höfuð við stokkinum, Fas. ii. 285; ok lagði (þá) við stokki, Am. 73; hús liggja við velli, lie down in ruins, Fms. iii. 144; er hinn efri kjöptr við himni enn hinn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touching the heaven, the lower the earth, Edda 41; skera af sér strenginn við öxinni, rubbing it against the axe, Nj. 136; vóru segl hans at sjá við hafi, the sails were seen out at sea, far in the offing, Fas. ii. 403.
    II. against, towards, of direction; gapa við tunglinu, Fas. iii. 622; horfa við e-m, to look towards, face, Eg. 293; horfa baki við e-m, Hkr. iii. 384; líta við e-m, Nj. 132, Fms. i. 125, vii. 314; horfa vid landi, A.A. 24; snúa baki við e-m, Fas. i. 296; snúask við e-m, Hkr. ii. 120.
    III. along with, with, denoting company; hann hafði við sér harpara einn, Str. 57; hann hafði marga smiðu við sér, Fms. ix. 377; fór Margaðr ok Guthormr við honum, Hkr. iii. 113; at Ástríðr mundi vera við feðr sínum, i. 188; er hér ok Sigurðr við jarli, Fms. ix. 327; hann var þar upp fæddr við henni, x. 421; bjóðum vér þér við Hákoni þangat, ix. 252; ferr heim við sínum mönnum, Rd. 312; fór hann við liði sínu, Hkr. iii. 44; við hundrað skipum, Fas. i. 461; gengr síðan í sæti sín við oðrum mönnum, Fms. x. 17; bað biskup ríða við sér (= með sér), 6.
    2. with, of an instrument; jarl hljóp upp við sverði, Fms. ix. 340; sjau menn við vápnum, viii. 14; gengu tveir menn við merkjum, x. 15: the phrase, eiga, ala, geta barn við kouu, Grág., Fms. i. 113, iii. 110, Ld. 102, Eg. 31; merrin fékk við þeim hesti, Landn. 195.
    3. spec. usages; við góðum vinskap, Boll. 362; halda vináttu við föstum trúnaði, Fms. ix. 375; at þær sagnir muni vera við sannindum, true, viii. 6; at berjask við honum eðr við honum lífit láta, ix. 332; fara við herskildi … eyða land við eldi, x. 134; ausa e-t við moldu, Hkr. i. 220; skipuðu mörgum hlutum við (with, among) sínum mönnum, Fms. x. 91; gengu síðan í sæti sín við öðrum mönnum, among other men, 17; skreiðask fram við (= með) landinu, viii. 437.
    4. = ok, with, together with; Þórr við Grimni = Th. and G., Hallfred; höfuð við hjarta, head and heart, Kormak.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. denoting barter, exchange, against, for (like Gr. ἀντί); gefa gull við grjóti, Fas. iii. 45; selja við verði, Fms. i. 80; seldu mik við hleifi, Hm.; við litlu verði, Eg. 100; við fémútu, Nj. 215; meta e-t við silfri, Fms. x. 5; gefa margra manna líf við yðvarri þrályndi, iv. 194.
    2. denoting remedy, against; beiti við bit-sóttum en við bölvi rúnar, Hm. 140; hjálpa e-m við e-u, to help against, passim.
    II. against, denoting contest, warding off, withstanding; hafa afla við e-m, Lv. 43; hafa liðs-afla, liðs-kost við e-m, Ld. 372, Hkr. i. 272: ellipt., hafa (viz. afi) við e-m, to be one’s match, Lv. 109; þótti sem engi mundi hafa við þeim í vígi, Nj. 89; eg hefi ekki við þér, I cannot lift with (i. e. am no match for) thee; ábyrgjask e-t við e-u, Grág. ii. 216, 364; forða e-m við háska, Edda i. 116; halda þá við ágangi Hákonar, Fms. i. 224; varðveita e-n við e-u, Grág.; ekki hélzk við þeim, Eg. 125; rísa við e-m, Sturl. ii. 119; vera búinn, van-búinn við e-m, Ld. 324; sat hann þar við áhlaupum Dana, Fms. i. 28; vinna við sköpum, Fas. i. 199; sporna við e-u, göra við e-u, see göra, sporna; ef þat nemr við förinni, Ld. 70 (see nema A.I. 7, 8); mæla við e-u, Hkr. ii. 198; tölðu allir við förinni, Greg. 28; setja hug sinn við e-u, Fms. x. 232; kveða nei við e-u, Sturl. i. 27; drepa hendi við e-u, Hkr. ii. 164; reiðask við e-u, Nj. 182; e-m ríss hugr við e-u, Fas. i. 30; mér býðr við e-u, to loathe; sjá við e-u, to shun; varna við e-u, to beware of; vera hætt við e-u, in danger of, Ísl. ii. 262; ú-hætt við e-u, safe, Landn. 319.
    III. with verbs;liggja við e-u, to lie on the verge of; honum lá við falli, Fas. iii. 261; búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; honum var við andhlaupi, Eg. 553; sjá, horfa, líta … við e-u, to look towards; taka við e-u, to receive; búask við e-u, to prepare for, expect, Ld. 106; verða vel, ílla, við e-u, to behave well, ill, on some occasion; komask við veðri, see veðr.
    IV. ellipt. usages; þeir snerusk þá við, turned round, facing, Nj. 245; hón drap við hendi, Lv. 38; hann laust við atgeirinum, Nj. 84.; hann stakk við forkinum, Eg. 220; hann stakk við fótum, stopped, Finnb. 300; hrífa við, to catch hold, Bs. i. 197, 423, Gísl. 125; búask við, to make oneself ready; göra við, to resist; rísa við, to withstand, Fs.; at ek bjóða við tvenn verð, Ld. 146; hvatz hinn fiðr við, whatsoever he may object, Nj. 99; taka við, to begin where another stops; þú skalt gefa mér við ( in return) verjuna, Fbr.
    WITH ACC.
    A. By, at, close to:
    I. denoting proximity; skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield, in a row, Nj. 125; skip við skip, Ó. H. (in a verse); samnask hlutr við hlut, Rb. 108; hálsinn við herðarnar, Ld. 40; sníða skeggið við hökuna, Eg. 564; við bryggju-sporðinn, Fms. i. 14; grafa barn við kirkju-garð út, K. Þ. K.; uppi við fjallit, Eg. 137; við Sandhóla-ferju, Nj. 29; við vaðit, 83; við veginn, by the way-side, Fb. ii. 330; hér við ána, by the river, Ld. 46; búa við Þjórsá, Nj. 93; liggja við land, Fms. i. 14; við Ísland, Grág.; binda stein við hálsinn, Ld. 154; draga segl við hún, hoist sail to the top, Hkr. ii. 6; reka spora við eyra e-m, Nj. 82; festa e-n við meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, a tree, Glúm. 391; nísta við gólfit, to pin it to the floor (see nista); binda við fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg, Bárð. 167; dró upp flóka við austr, in the east, Vígl. 22.
    2. temporal, towards, at; við vetr sjálfan, Fms. ii. 97; Krók. 51 C; við sólar-setr, Fas. i. 514; við sól, with the sun, at sunrise. Eg. 717; við aptan, towards evening, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 143; við þat sjálft, at that moment, Fms. xi. 432; bregða í kross við hvert orð, at every word, K. Þ. K.; vera við aldr, to be stricken in years, Eb. 18, Ísl. ii. 192, Fms. ii. 81; ef barn er við dauða, on the point to die, N. G. L. i. 345; við sjálft, on the verge of (see sjálfr); við váða sjálfan, búið við geig, on the verge of, Eg. 158; Grettir var við svefn, just asleep, Grett. 127.
    3. phrases, við svá búit, after all done, often with the notion of ‘in vain, nothing having been done’ (búa B. II. δ); fóru við þat heim, Fms. i. 54, ix. 469, Nj. 127; skildu við þetta, 260, Ísl. ii. 217.
    II. at, to; Hrútr er við skip, Nj. 4; Hrútr var við búð, 79; vera heima við bú sitt, 215; hanga upp við siglu-rá, Fas. iii. 659; bundinn við staf, Eg. 232; fastr við altara, fastened to the altar, Vm. 110; styðja sik vid e-t, to lean on, Fms. ix. 512; sitja upp við hægindit, leaning on it, Ld. 16; sitja upp við vegginn, Nj. 153; ganga við staf, 219; ganga við tréfót, Eb. 66; styðjask við höndina, Fas. i. 228; rísa upp við olboga, Þórð. 15; sitja við stýri, at the rudder, Eg. 385; hafa barn við brjóst, to have a bairn at breast, N. G. L. i. 340; leggja, bæta, auka, við e-t, to add to; blanda við e-t, to mix with; vera við e-t, to be present at, Ld. 92, Eg. 540; sitja við drykk, mat, to sit at drink, meat, Eg. 303, 420.
    III. denoting association, together with; vera samþingi, samfjórðungs við e-n, Grág. ii. 237; vera saman við e-n, vera samvista við e-n, eiga samneyti við, vera sammæðr við e-n, passim; vera utan-fjórðungs við víg, Grág. ii. 89; vera við e-t riðinn; þeir vildu eigi vera hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; búa við e-n, Gísl. 17.
    2. direction; í sýn við bæinn, Fas. ii. 507; í örskots-helgi við garðinn, Grág.; standa í höggfæri við e-n, Nj. 97; við þat lík at lifa, Hm.
    IV. denoting company, with; bauð þeim heim við alla sína menn, Vígl. 27; riðu við sextigi manna, Nj. 10, 213, Ld. 164; gékk á land við einn svein, Fms. ix. 502; sækja land við útlendan her, Hkr. i. 198; við fá, marga … menn, Fas. i. 35; the phrase, við annan, þriðja fjórða … mann (see annarr I. 1); þú ert hér kominn við svá mikit fé, Ld. 112; sækja mál við níu búa, Grág.; við váttorð, Kb. i. 103; leyfa e-t við vitni, Ld. 104; bjóða e-t við váttorð, in the presence of, by witnesses, Nj. 243.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. towards a person or thing, respecting, regarding; hryðja við aðilja, Grág. (Kb.) i. 127; missa fjár síns við þjóf, Grág.; skilja við e-n, to part with (see skilja); til metnaðar við sik, Edda i. 20; til huggunar við sik, Ld. 228; til þjónustu við e-n, Eg. 28; til gæzlu við e-n, for keeping, watching one, Ld. 152; ganga, koma, fara til fundar, til móts … við e-n, 62, 90, Nj. 4, Eg. 101; mildr, blíðr, léttr, kátr, ástúðigr, góðr, harðr, grimmr, reiðr, harðráðr, stríðr, … við menn, mild … towards, Nj. 2, 47, 48; víkjast undan við e-n, Ld. 42; fyrir kapps sakir við e-n, til liðveizlu, hjálpar … við e-n, Eg. 44, Nj. 75; sýna vinskap, halda vinskap við e-n, Ld. 150; leggja ást við e-n, 34; líka vel, ílla við e-n, Nj. 53; eiga eyrindi við e-n, Eg. 260; eiga orð við e-n, 255; hafa lög við e-n, Nj. 106; tala, mæla, ræða, segja, spjalla við e-n, to talk, speakwith a person, passim; skipta, eiga, … við e-n, to deal… with; berjask, deila við e-n, to fight with, against; göra e-t við e-n, so to act with, Greg. 43; reyna e-t við e-n, to contend with one, Nj. 46, 94, Edda i. 106; hafa misgört við e-n, Fms. viii. 103; láta vaxa óþokka við e-n, Nj. 107; tilför við Gunuar, 101; mála-tilbúnaðr við e-n, 100; sekr við e-n, útlagr við goða, Grág.
    2. hræddr við e-n, afraid of one; verða varr við e-t, to perceive; vanr við e-t, used to a thing; hann var svá vanr við vini sína, Fms. viii. 220; fella sik við e-t, kunna við e-t, to apply oneself to, to like.
    II. of cause, by, at; falla við högg, to fall by a stroke, Nj. 163; hrata við lagit, Eg. 379; vakna við e-t, Fas. ii. 116; vakna við draum; verða glaðr, reiðr, hryggr, úkátr … við e-t, to become glad, wroth … at, Íb. 10, Eg. 102, 321, passim; bregða sér við e-t, Ld. 190: by, við minn atbeina, Fms. vi. 66; við samþykki e-s, Eg. 165; við ráð e-s, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 30; gört þat við einræði þitt, Ld. 188; et þat at vánum við skaplyndi Þorgeirs, Nj. 255; hlaða seglum við mikinn háska, with great danger, Korm. 168; sigla við stjörnu-ljós, to sail by star-light, Fms. i. 24; lesa við ljós, to read with a light; búa sik við skart, to dress fine.
    III. as compared with, set off against; sex sær við kú, Grág. i. 502–504; selja, virðing sína við íllgirni þínaa, Eb. 160; þrjóta mun mik íllsku við þik. Hkr. i. 322; mik skortir við hann, Nj. 90; hafa afta við e-n, Eg. 187; eigi minna virðr enn við konunginn, i. e. of equal worth with the king, Fms. xi. 45; er þetta við mikla fémuni, Hrafn. 19; fjórðungi skerð við goðorð önnur, Grág. (Kb.) i. 211; Skotland er þriðjungr ríkis við England, Nj. 266; þriðjung við liðsmenn, Eg. 57; at þriðjungi við ykkr, Ld. 102; helming við hann, Fms. i. 22; gaf þeim hálfar tekjur við sik, 7.
    IV. við þann kost, on that condition, Grág. (Kb.) i. 233: of medicine, for, við svefnleysi, við orms-bit, við offeitan kvið …, Lækn.: in mod. usage dat., and so in Hm. 138.
    V. denoting fitness, proportion; göra klæði við vöxt e-s, Eg. 516; við þeirra hæfi, 109; er þat ekki við þitt æði, Ld. 298; vera við alþýðu-skap, Fs. 63; við sik, in proportion, B. K. 8; neyta skógar við sik sem þarf, Grág. ii. 292; þat er hann má eigi sjálfr við sik njóta, himself alone, 623. 21; hann var skapaðr allr við sik, well shaped, symmetrical, Fas. i. 173; fagrt ok allt vel við sik, Fms. x. 321; veðrit vesnaði en nátt-myrkr á við sik. Bjarn. 52; vita hvat við sik væri, to know what was the matter, Fms. xi. 11, Fas. ii. 516; leggja mál við tré, Ld. 316; draga kvarða við lérept, vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498.
    VI. with, by, denoting means; tendra eld við fjallrapa, to light fire with, Bs. i. 7; við þessar fortölur, Ld. 204; kom svá við umtölur góðra manna, Nj. 267; við áskoran þína, 258; mýkjask við e-t, Fms. v. 239; húð skorpnuð við eld, Nj. 208.
    VII. with verbs; lifa við skömm, meizlur, harm, lifa við slíka harma, to live with or in shame, sorrow, Nj. 92, Hkr. ii. 107, Eg. 604, Ld. 332; leika við e-n, Nj. 2; kaupa við e-n, Grág.; binda við e-t, to bind, fasten to; sætta, rægja, friða e-n við e-n, Eg. 226, Grág. ii. 99; tala, … við e-n, to speak, deal … with, Nj. 2, 197, Ld. 22 (see I); hefja upp bónorð við e-n, Eg. 38; leita eptir við e-n, leita ráða við e-n, eiga hlut at við e-n, Nj. 75, 101, 213, Eg. 174; fæða, lifa, fæðask, ala, búa, bjargast, við e-t, to feed, live, subsist … on, Edda i. 46, Fms. i. 226, v. 219, Nj. 236, passim; vera við e-t, to be present at, and metaph. to enjoy, Hom. 87, Edda (pref.); nema lyfsteinn sé við riðinn, Ld. 250; hann brá upp við fætinum (viz. við lagit), Nj. 264; binda við e-t, to bind to, Fms. ix. 358; at þeim heimilum ok í örskotshelgi við (viz. þau) á alla vega, Grág. (Kb.) i. 88; þar við, hér við, at engi mundi þar þora við at etja, Nj. 89.
    2. hagr við e-t, skilful at; kunna vel við e-t, id.; skjarr við skot, Ls.; temja, venja, … við e-t; drekka við sleitur (see sleita); kveða við raust, Sturl. iii. 317, Eg. 554; syngja vid tón, Sturl. iii. 210; búa sik við skart, skikkja búin við gull, Fms. x. 199; skyrta saumuð við gull, embroidered with, Fas. ii. 529; glóa við gull, to glow or gleam with gold, Lex. Poët.
    VIII. elliptical or ad- verbial usages; bregða við, to start; hann þagði við, remained silent, Nj. 2; verða bilt, felmt við, Ísl. ii. 274, Nj. 105; fá við þrjú skip, to add three ships, Fms. xi. 73; jók nú miklu við, it waxed much, Ld. 54; kveða við, gella við, to scream, yell; þurfa við, to need, Nj. 74; njóta e-s við, to enjoy, 85; komask við, to be touched; leita við, to try; bera við, to happen (see bera); koma við, to touch; standa, bíða við, to stop a bit; nema við, to hinder, cause a hindrance; kunna við, to like; koma e-u við, to bring a thing about, 101; ef ek viðr um kæmumk, if I could manage it, Hbl.; bjarga e-u við, hjálpa við, to help, put right; reisa við, rétta við, to raise up again, put right; kannask við, to recognise; vera við staddr, to be present, = við e-t staddr.
    IX. in recipr. phrases, talask við, eigask við, fásk við, etc., to speakto one another, where the object is suffixed to the preceding verb.
    X. with an adverb or particle, of direction; upp á við, niðr á við, upwards, downwards; vestr á við, Fas. ii. 244; móts við, towards; á við, equivalent to (það er á við tvær merkr); austan við, vestan við, sunnan við, fram við, inn við, etc., followed by an accusative.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VIÐ

  • 5 UM

    of
    * * *
    older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.
    I. with acc.
    1) around (slá hring um e-n);
    2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;
    3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;
    4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;
    5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;
    6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;
    7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);
    8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;
    9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);
    10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;
    11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);
    12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);
    13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;
    14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;
    15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;
    16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;
    II. with dat.
    1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;
    2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.
    * * *
    umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]
    WITH ACC.
    A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.
    II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.
    2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.
    III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.
    2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.
    IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.
    B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.
    2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.
    3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).
    C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.
    2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.
    3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.
    4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.
    II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.
    III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.
    IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.
    V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.
    VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.
    VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.
    VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.
    IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.
    2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.
    B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > UM

  • 6 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

    (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

    (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

    (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

    correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

    ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

    (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

    close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

    in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

    beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

    ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

    (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

    Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

    codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

    (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

    ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

    (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

    codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

    ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

    in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

    D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

    (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

    s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

    in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

    wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

    therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

    (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

    (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

    (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

    (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

    (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

    ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

    (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

    (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

    (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

    according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

    (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

    (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

    (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

    by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 7 ut

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ut

  • 8 utei

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > utei

  • 9 FARA

    go
    * * *
    (fer; fór, fórum; farinn), v.
    1) to move, pass along, go;
    gekk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went;
    fara heim (heiman), to go home (from home);
    fara á fund e-s to visit one;
    fjöld ek fór, I travelled much;
    hann sagði, hversu orð fóru með þeim, what words passed between them;
    absol., to go begging (ómagar, er þar eigu at fara í því þingi);
    2) with ‘ferð, leið’ or the like added in acc., gen., or dat.;
    fara leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey (= fara ferðar sinnar or ferða sinna, fara ferð sina, fara för sina, förum sínum);
    fara þessa ferð, to make this journey;
    fara fullum dagleiðum, to travel a full days journeys;
    fara stefnuför, to go a-summoning;
    fara bónorðsför, to go a-wooing;
    fara sigrför, to go on the path of victory, to triumph;
    fara góða för, to make a lucky journey;
    fig., fara ósigr, to be defeated;
    fara mikinn skaða, to suffer great damage;
    fara hneykju, skömm, to incur disgrace;
    fara erendleysu, to fail in one’s errand;
    with the road in acc. (fara fjöll ok dala);
    3) fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode;
    fara eldi ok arni, to move one’s hearth and fire;
    4) fara einn saman, to go alone;
    fara eigi ein saman, to go with child (= fara með barni);
    5) with infin.;
    fara sofa, to go to sleep (allir menn vóru sofa farnir);
    fara vega, to go to fight;
    fara leita, to go seeking (var leita farit);
    6) with an a., etc.;
    fara villr, to go astray;
    fara haltr, to walk lame;
    fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind;
    fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of;
    fara andvígr e-m, to give battle;
    fara leyniliga (leynt), to be kept secret;
    eigi má þetta svá fara, this cannot go on in that way;
    fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means;
    fór þat fjarri, at ek vilda, I was far from desiring it;
    7) to turn out, end;
    fór þat sem líkligt var, it turned out as was likely (viz. ended ill);
    svá fór, at, the end was, that;
    ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess;
    á sómu leið fór um aðra sendimenn, it went the same way with the other messengers;
    8) to fare well, ill;
    biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell;
    9) to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair (ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn; hárit fór vel);
    impers., fór illa á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse;
    10) impers., e-m ferr vel, illa, one behaves or acts well, ill;
    honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter;
    e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way;
    11) fara e-t höndum, to touch with the hands, esp. of a healing touch, = fara höndum um e-t (bið hann fara höndum meinit);
    fara land herskildi, brandi, to visit a land with ‘warshield’, with fire, to ravage or devastate it (gekk síðan á land upp með liði sínu ok fór alit herskildi);
    12) to overtake (Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok gat farit sveininn);
    tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun;
    áðr hana Fenrir fari, before F. overtakes her;
    13) to ill-treat, treat cruelly;
    menn sá ek þá, er mjök höfðu hungri farit hörund, that had chastened their flesh with much fasting;
    14) to put an end to, destroy;
    fara sér (sjálfr), to kill oneself;
    fara lífi (fjörvi) e-s, to deprive one of life;
    þú hefir sigr vegit ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, killed F.;
    15) to forfeit (fara löndum ok lausafé);
    16) refl., farast;
    17) with preps. and advs.:
    fara af klæðum, to take off one’s clothes;
    fara at e-m, to make an attack upon, to assault (eigi mundi í annat sinn vænna at fara at jarlinum);
    fara at e-u, to mind, pay heed to;
    ekki fer ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár (it does not matter to me, I do not care, though);
    to deal with a thing, proceed in a certain way;
    fara at lögum, úlögum, to proceed lawfully, unlawfully;
    fara mjúkliga at, to proceed gently;
    hér skulu við fara at með ráðum, act with, deliberation;
    impers. with dat., to do, behave;
    illa hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly; to go in pusuit (search) of (víkingar nökkurir þeir sem fóru at féföngum);
    fara at fuglaveiðum, to go a-fowling;
    fara at fé, to tend sheep;
    fara á e-n, to come upon one;
    sigu saman augu, þá er dauðinn fór á, when death seized him;
    fara á hæl or hæli, to step back, retreat;
    fara eptir e-m, to follow one;
    fara eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (Snorri goði fór eptir líkinu; fara eptir vatni); to accommodate oneself to, conform to (engi vildi eptir öðrum fara);
    þau orð er eptir fara, the following words;
    fara fram, to go on, take place;
    ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place;
    veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well;
    spyrr, hvat þar fœri fram, he asked, what was going on there;
    fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice;
    allt mun þat sínu fram fara, it will take its own course;
    kváðu þat engu gegna ok fóru sínu fram, took their own way;
    segir honum, hversu þeir fóru fram, how they acted;
    fara e-t fram, to do., perform a thing;
    spyrr hann, hvat nú sé fram faranda, what is to be done;
    fara fyrir e-t, to pass for, be taken for (fari sá fyrir níðing, er);
    fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself;
    fara í e-t, to go into (fara í tunnu);
    fara í sæng, rekkju, to go to bed;
    fara í sess sinn, sæti sitt, to take one’s seat;
    fara í klæði, to put on clothes, dress;
    fara í vápn, brynju, to put on armour;
    fara í lag, to go right or straight again (þá fóru brýnn hans í lag);
    fara í vöxt, to increase;
    fara í þurð, to wane;
    fara í hernað, víking, to go a-freebooting;
    nú ferr í úvænt efni, now matters look hopeless;
    to happen, occur (alit þat, er í hafði farit um nóttina);
    fara með e-t, to wield handle, manage;
    fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded (the spear) Gungnir;
    fara með goðorð, to hold a goðorð;
    fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit;
    to practice, deal in;
    fara með rán, to deal in robbery;
    fara með spott ok háð, to go scoffing and mocking;
    fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, to practice sorcery;
    to deal with, treat, handle (þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara);
    fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret;
    fara með e-m, to go with one, follow one (ek skal með yðr fara með allan minn styrk);
    fara með e-u, to do (so and so) with a thing, to deal with, manage;
    hvernig þeir skyldu fara með vápnum sínum, what they were to do with their weapons;
    sá maðr, er með arfinum ferr, who manages the inheritance;
    fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case;
    fara vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well;
    undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, these monks behave strangely;
    fara með barni, to go with child;
    impers., ferr með þeim heldr fáliga, they are on indifferent terms;
    fara ór landi, to leave the country;
    fara ór klæðum, fötum, to take off one’s clothes, undress;
    fara saman, to go together; to shake, shudder;
    fór en forna fold öll saman, shivered all through;
    to concur, agree (hversu má þat saman f);
    fara til svefns, to go to sleep (= fara at sofa);
    fara um e-t, to travel over (fara um fjall);
    fara höndum um e-n, to stroke or touch one with the hands (hann fór höndum um þá, er sjúkir vóru);
    fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject;
    fara myrkt um e-t, to keep a matter dark;
    fara undan, to excuse oneself (from doing a thing), to decline, refuse (hvat berr til, at þú ferr undan at gera mér veizluna);
    borð fara upp, the tables are removed;
    fara út, to go from Norway to Iceland; to come to a close, run out (fóru svá út þessir fimm vetr);
    fara útan, to go abroad (from Iceland);
    fara við e-n, to treat one, deal with one in a certain way;
    margs á, ek minnast, hve við mik fóruð, I have many things to remember of your dealings with me;
    fara yfir e-t, to go through;
    nú er yfir farit um landnám, now an account of the settlements has been given;
    skjótt yfir at fara, to be brief.
    * * *
    pret. fóra, 2nd pers. fórt, mod. fórst, pl. fóru; pres. ferr, 2nd pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferð; pret. subj. færa; imperat. far and farðu (= far þú); sup. farit; part. farinn; with the suffixed neg. fór-a, Am. 45; farið-a ( depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel. scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. faran is only used once, viz. Luke x. 7; Goth. farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the original sense of fara (vide far); A. S. faran; the Germ. fahren and Engl. fare are used in a limited sense; in the Engl. Bible this word never occurs (Cruden); Swed. fara; Dan. fare.]
    A. NEUT. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense; gékk hann hvargi sem hann fór, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. 100; né ek flý þó ek ferr, I fly not though I fare, Edda (in a verse); létt er lauss at fara (a proverb), Sl. 37: the saying, verðr hverr með sjálfum sér lengst at fara, Gísl. 25; cp. ‘dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann’ (Göthe’s Tasso), or the Lat. ‘patriae quis exul se quoque fugit?’ usually in the sense to go, to depart, heill þú farir, heill þú aptr komir, Vþm. 4; but also to come, far þú hingat til mín, come here, Nj. 2.
    2. to travel, go forth or through, pass, or the like; þú skalt fara í Kirkjubæ, Nj. 74; fara ór landi, to fare forth from one’s country, Fms. v. 24; kjóll ferr austan, Vsp. 51; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52; snjór var mikill, ok íllt at fara, and ill to pass, Fms. ix. 491; fóru þeir út eptir ánni, Eg. 81; siðan fór Egill fram með skóginum, 531; þeim sem hann vildi at færi … Njáll hét at fara, Nj. 49; fara munu vér, Eg. 579; Egill fór til þess er hann kom til Álfs. 577, Fms. xi. 122; fara þeir nú af melinum á sléttuna. Eg. 747; fara heiman, to fare forth from one’s home, K. Þ. K. 6; alls mik fara tíðir, Vþm. 1; fjölð ek fór, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3: the phrase, fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (from Iceland), passim; fara vestr um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i. 101; fara á fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62; fara at heimboði, to go to a feast, id.; fara fæti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr.; absol. fara, to travel, beg, hence föru-maðr, a vagrant, beggar; in olden times the poor went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp. Grág. i. 85; ómagar er þar eigu at fara í því þingi eðr um þau þing, id.; ómagar skolu fara, 119; omegð þá er þar ferr, 296: in mod. usage, fara um and um-ferð, begging, going round.
    β. with prep.: fara at e-m, to make an inroad upon one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-för); fara á e-n, to mount, e. g. fara á bak, to mount on horseback; metaph., dauðinn fór á, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda 121, Grág. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ. zusammenfahren, Hým. 24: metaph. to concur, agree, hversu má þat saman f., Nj. 192; þeim þótti þat mjök saman f., Fms. iv. 382; fara á hæl, or á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. step back. retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296; fara undan, metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow.
    3. with ferð, leið or the like added, in acc. or gen. to go one’s way; fara leiðar sinnar, to proceed on one’s journey, Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grág. ii. 119; fara ferðar sinnar, or ferða sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara derð sina, id.. Eg. 568; fara förum sínum, or för sinní, id., K. Þ. K. 80, 90; fara dagfari ok náttfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203; fara fullum dagleiðum, to go full days-journeys, Grág. i. 91; or in a more special sense, fara þessa ferð, to make this journey, Fas. ii. 117; f. stefnu-för, to go a-summoning; f. bónorðs-för, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-för, to go on the way of victory, to triumph, Eg. 21; fara sendi-för, to go on a message, 540.
    β. in a metaph. sense; fara hneykju-för, to be shamefully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara ósigr, to be defeated, Eg. 287; fara mikinn skaða, to ‘fare’ (i. e. suffer) great damage, Karl. 43; fara því verrum förum, fara skömm, hneykju, erendleysu, úsæmð, to get the worst of it, Fms. viii. 125.
    4. with the road in acc.; hann fór Vánar-skarð, Landn. 226; f. sjó-veg, land-veg, K. Þ. K. 24; fór mörg lönd ok stórar merkr, Fas. ii. 540; fara sömu leið, Fms. i. 70; f. sama veg, Luke x. 31; f. fjöll ok dala, Barl. 104; fara út-leið, þjóð-leið, Fms. iv. 260; also, fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3; fara liði, to march, Fms. i. 110.
    II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara búðum, bygðum, vistum, to move, change one’s abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj. 151, Vigl. 30; fara búferla, to more one’s household, Grág. ii. 409; fara vöflunarförum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482.
    2. the phrases, fara eldi ok arni, a law term, to move one’s hearth and fire. Grág. ii. 253; fara eldi um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn. 276. cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284.
    3. fara einn-saman, to be alone. Grág. ii. 9; the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms. iii. 109; or, fór hón með svein þann, Bs. i. 437; cp. ganga með barni.
    4. adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the like; fara snúðigt, to stride haughtily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat, tumble, Bárð. 177; fara hægt, to walk slowly.
    β. fara til svefns, to go to sleep, Nj. 35; f. í sæti sitt, to go to one’s seat, 129; f. í sess, Vþm. 9; f. á bekk, 19; fara á sæng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30; fara í rúmið, id. (mod.); fara í mannjöfnuð, Ísl. ii. 214; fara í lag, to be put straight, Eg. 306; fara í vöxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141; fara í þurð, to wane, Ld. 122, l. 1 (MS.); fara í úefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl. iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd ( not even). Sturl. ii. 258; fara at sölum, to be put out for sale, Grág. ii. 204.
    5. fara at fuglum, to go a-fowling, Orkn. (in a verse); fara at fugla-veiðum, id., Bb. 3. 36; fara í hernað, í víking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31; fara at fé, to watch sheep, Ld. 240; fara at fé-föngum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii. 78.
    β. with infin., denoting one’s ‘doing’ or ‘being;’ fara sofa, to go to sleep, Eg. 377; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23; fara at róa, Vígl. 22; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240; fara að búa, to set up a household, Bb. 2. 6; fara að hátta, to go to bed.
    γ. akin to this is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as in the East Angl. counties of Engl. it ‘fares’ to …, i. e. it begins, is likely to be or to do so and so; það fer að birta, það er farit að dimma, it ‘fares’ to grow dark; það fer að hvessa, it ‘fares’ to blow; fer að rigna, it ‘fares’ to rain. etc.:—no instance of this usage is recorded in old Icel., but the Engl. usage shews that it must be old.
    δ. with an adj. etc.; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. x. 420; fara vanstiltr, to go out of one’s mind, 264; fara hjá sér, to be beside oneself, Eb. 270; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse); fara duldr e-s, to be unaware of, Skálda 187 (in a verse); fara andvígr e-m, to give battle, Stor. 8; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
    6. to pass; fór sú skipan til Íslands, Fms. x. 23; fara þessi mál til þings, Nj. 100; hversu orð fóru með þeim, how words passed between them, 90; fóru þau orð um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 12; ferr orð er um munn líðr (a saying), iv. 279; þá fór ferligt úorðan, a bad report went abroad, Hom. 115.
    7. fara fram, to go on, take place; ferr þetta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes place, K. Þ. K. 64; ferr svá fram, and so things went on without a break, Nj. 11, Eg. 711; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. 11, 51; spyrr hvat þar færi fram, he asked what there was going on. Band. 17; fór allt á sömu leið sem fyrr, it went on all the same as before, Fms. iv. 112; fara fram ráðum e-s, to follow one’s advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fms. vii. 318; allt mun þat sínu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 259; nú er því ferr fram um hríð, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 108; a law term, to be produced, gögn fara fram til varnar, Grág. i. 65; dómar fara út, the court is set (vide dómr), Grág., Nj., passim.
    8. borð fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide borð), Eg. 247, 551; eigi má þetta svá f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87; fjarri ferr þat, far from it, by no means, 134; fór þat fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12; fór þat ok svá til, and so if came to pass, Fms. x. 212.
    9. to turn out, end; hversu ætlar þú fara hesta-atið, Nj. 90; fór þat sem likligt var, it turned out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46; svá fór, at …, the end was, that …, Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef svá ferr sem ek get til, if it turns out as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vígl. 21; ef svá ferr sem mín orð horfa til, Fms. v. 24; ef svá ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems to me, vi. 350; svá fór um sjóferð þá, Bjarni 202; á sömu leið fór um aðra sendi-menn, Eg. 537; to depart, die, þar fór nýtr maðr, Fs. 39; fara danða-yrði, to pass the death-weird, to die, Ýt. 8.
    10. to fare well, ill, in addressing; fari þér vel, fare ye well, Nj. 7; biðja e-n vel fara, to bid one farewell, Eg. 22, Ld. 62; far heill ok sæll, Fms. vii. 197: in a bad sense, far þú nú þar, ill betide thee! Hbl. 60; far (impers.) manna armastr, Eg. 553; Jökull bað hann fara bræla armastan, Finnb. 306; fari þér í svá gramendr allir, Dropl. 23.
    11. fara í fat, í brynju (acc.), etc., to dress, undress; but fara ór fötum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. 16, xi. 132, vii. 202, Nj. 143, Gh. 16, etc.
    III. metaph.,
    1. to suit, fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like; ekki þykkir mér kyrtill þinn fara betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343; hárið fór vel, Nj. 30; jarpr á hár ok fór vel hárit, Fms. ii. 7; gult hár sem silki ok fór fagrliga, vi. 438, Fs. 88; klæði sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256; var sú konan bezt f., the most graceful, lady-like, Ísl. ii. 438; fór ílla á hestinum, it sat ill on the horse, Bs. i. 712.
    2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i. e. one behaves so and so: e-m ferr vel, ílla, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc.; honum hafa öll málin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, Nj. 210; bezta ferr þér, Fms. vii. 33; vel mun þér fara, Nj. 55; at honum fari vel, 64; þer hefir vel farit til mín, Finnb. 238; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one behaves in a friendly way, Nj. 217; ferr þér þá bezt jafnan ok höfðinglegast er mest liggr við, 228; mun honum nokkurn veg vel f., Hrafn. 10; údrengiliga hefir þér farit til vár, Ld. 48; ferr þér illa, Nj. 57; hversu Gunnari fór, how ( well) G. behaved, 119.
    3. fara at e-u, to deal with a thing (i. e. proceed) so and so; svá skal at sókn fara, thus is the pleading to be proceeded with, Grág. i. 323; svá skal at því f. at beiða …, 7; fara at lögum, or úlögum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or unlawfully, 126; hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 114; fara mjúklega at, to proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18; hér skulu vér f. at með ráðum, to act with deliberation, Eg. 582; Flosi fór at öngu óðara ( took matters calmly), en hann væri heima, Nj. 220.
    β. impers. with dat., to do, behave; ílla hefir mér at farit, I have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8; veit Guð hversu hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to become, ironically, þér ferr það, or þér ferst það, it becomes thee, i. e. ‘tis too bad of thee.
    γ. hví ferr konungrinn nú svá (viz. at), Fms. i. 35; er slíkt úsæmiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82; hér ferr vænt at, here things go merrily, 232; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144.
    δ. to mind, care about; ekki ferr ek at, þótt þú hafir svelt þik til fjár, it does not matter to me, I do not care, though …, Nj. 18; ekki munu vit at því fara ( never mind that), segir Helgi, 133.
    ε. fara eptir, to be in proportion; hér eptir fór vöxtr ok afl, his strength and stature were in proportion, Clar.
    4. fara með e-t, to wield, handle, manage; fór Hroptr með Gungni, H. wielded Gungni ( the spear), Kormak; f. með Gríðar-völ, to wield the staff G., Þd. 9: as a law term, to wield, possess; fara með goðorð, to keep a goðorð, esp. during the session of parliament, Dropl. 8, Grág. and Nj. passim; fara með sök, to manage a lawsuit, Grág., Nj.; or, fara við sök, id., Nj. 86.
    β. metaph. to practise, deal in; fara með rán, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73; fara með spott ok háð, to go sporting and mocking, 66; f. með fals ok dár, Pass. 16. 5; fara með galdra ok fjölkyngi, K. Þ. K. 76; f. með hindr-vitni, Grett. 111; cp. the phrase, farðu ekki með það, don’t talk such nonsense.
    γ. to deal with, treat, handle; þú munt bezt ok hógligast með hann fara, thou wilt deal with him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hljóði með e-t, to keep matters secret, id.; Ingimundr fór vel með sögum (better than sögur, acc.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian. Sturl. i. 9.
    δ. with dat.; fara með e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu þeir skyldi fara með vápnum sínum, how they were to do with their weapons, Fms. ix. 509; sá maðr er með arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, Grág. i. 217; ef þeir fara annan veg með því fé, 216; fara með málum sínum, to manage one’s case, 46; meðan hann ferr svá með sem mælt er, 93; Gunnarr fór með öllu ( acted in all) sem honum var ráð til kennt, Nj. 100; ef svá er með farit, Ld. 152; f. vel með sínum háttum, to bear oneself well, behave well, Eg. 65; Hrafn fór með sér vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109; undarliga fara munkar þessir með sér, they behave strangely, 188; við förum kynlega með okkrum málum, Nj. 130; vant þyki mér með slíku at fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75; f. málum á hendr e-m, to bring an action against one, Ld. 138; fara sókn ( to proceed) sem at þingadómi, Grág. i. 463; fara svá öllu máli um sem …, 40, ii. 348; fara með hlátri ok gapi, to go laughing and scoffing, Nj. 220; cp. β above.
    IV. fara um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly; nú er yfir farit um landnám, shortly told, touched upon, Landn. 320; skjótt yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12; fara myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322; fara mörgum orðum um e-t, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264.
    β. in the phrase, fara höndum um e-t, to go with the hands about a thing, to touch it, Germ. befühlen, esp. medic. of a healing touch; jafnan fengu menn heilsubót af handlögum hans, af því er hann fór höndum um þá er sjúkir vóru, Játv. 24; ok pá fór hann höndum um hann, Bs. i. 644; þá lét Arnoddr fara aðra höndina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfættr ok í línklæðum. Dropl. 30; cp. fóru hendr hvítar hennar um þessar görvar, Fas. i. 248 (in a verse): note the curious mod. phrase, það fer að fara um mig, I began to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like.
    γ. impers. with dat.; eigi ferr þér nær Gunnari, en Merði mundi við þik, thou camest not nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i. e. thou art just as far from being a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37; þá ferr honum sem öðrum, it came to pass with him as with others, 172; þá mun mér first um fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362; því betr er þeim ferr öllum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj. 217.
    V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; fórsk þeim vel, they fared well, Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn, he proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81; hafði allt farizt vel at, all had fared well, they had had a prosperous journey, Íb. 10; fórsk þeim þá seint um daginn, they proceeded slowly, Eg. 544; mönnum fórsk eigi vel um fenit, Fms. vii. 149; hversu þeim hafði farizk, Nj. 90; at þeim færisk vel, Ísl. ii. 343, 208, v. l.: the phrase, hamri fórsk í hægri hönd, he grasped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi; farask lönd undir, to subdue lands, Hkr. i. 134, v. l. (in a verse).
    2. recipr., farask hjá, to go beside one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9; farask á mis, id., farask í móti, to march against one another, of two hosts; þat bar svá til at hvárigir vissu til annarra ok fórusk þó í móti, Fms. viii. 63, x. 46, Fas. ii. 515.
    VI. part.,
    1. act., koma farandi, to come of a sudden or by chance; þá kómu hjarðsveinar þar at farandi, some shepherds just came, Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til fólksins, Sks. 574; koma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25.
    2. pass. farinn, in the phrase, á förnum vegi, on ‘wayfaring,’ i. e. in travelling, passing by; finna e-n á förnum vegi, Nj. 258, K. Þ. K. 6; kveðja fjárins á förnum vegi, Grág. i. 403; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one’s journey; of the sun. sól var skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning, Fms. xi. 267, viii. 146; þá var dagr alljós ok sól farin, broad day and sun high in the sky, Eg. 219; also impers., sól (dat.) var skamt farit, Úlf. 4. 10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212; vel farinn í andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at orði farinn, well spoken, eloquent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel orði, máli farinn, and so Ld. 122; gone, þar eru baugar farnir, Grág. ii. 172; þó fætrnir sé farnir, Fas. iii. 308.
    β. impers. in the phrase, e-m er þannig farit, one is so and so; veðri var þannig farit, at …, the winter was such, that …, Fms. xi. 34; veðri var svá farit at myrkt var um at litask, i. e. the weather was gloomy, Grett. 111; hversu landinu er farit, what is the condition of the country, Sks. 181; henni er þannig farit, at hón er mikil ey, löng …, ( the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii. 188; er eigi einn veg farit úgæfu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece, Nj. 183: metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hánum vel farit, he is a well-favoured man, 15; undarliga er yðr farit, ye are strange men, 154; honum var svá farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352: adding the prepp. at, til, þeim var úlíkt farit at í mörgu, they were at variance in many respects, Hkr. iii. 97; nú er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered, Nj. 226; nú er svá til farit, at ek vil …, now the case is, that I wish …, Eg. 714; hér er þannig til farit, … at leiðin, 582; þar var þannig til farit, Fms. xi. 34. ☞ Hence comes the mod. form varið (v instead of f), which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century—veðri var svá varit, Sd. 181; ér honum vel varið, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. l.; svá er til varið, Sks. 223, 224,—all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er nær farit, one is pressed; svá var honum nær farit af öllu samt, vökum ok föstu, he was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
    B. TRANS.
    I. with acc.:
    1. to visit; fara land herskildi, brandi, etc., to visit a land with ‘war-shield,’ fire, etc., i. e. devastate it; gékk siðan á land upp með liði sínu, ok fór allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131; land þetta mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir útlenda höfðingja, iv. 357; (hann) lét Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann fór lvist eldi, 41 (in a verse); hann hefir farit öll eylönd brandi, 46 (in a verse); fara hungri hörund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Sl. 71.
    2. to overtake, with acc.; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake ( catch) him, 623. 17; tunglit ferr sólina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. 116; áðr hana Fenrir fari, before Fenrir overtakes her, Vþm. 46, 47; knegut oss fálur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjörv. 13; hann gat farit fjóra menn af liði Steinólfs, ok drap þá alla, … hann gat farit þá hjá Steinólfsdal, Gullþ. 29; hann reið eptir þeim, ok gat farit þá út hjá Svelgsá, milli ok Hóla, Eb. 180; Án hrísmagi var þeirra skjótastr ok getr farit sveininn, Ld. 242; viku þeir þá enn undan sem skjótast svá at Danir gátu eigi farit þá, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to náð þeim); hérinn hljóp undan, ok gátu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fráit wrongly), Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir þeim manni er víg vakti, … ok verðr hann farinn, Gþl. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found here and there; þótt hann sé firr um farinn, Hm. 33.
    II. with dat. to destroy, make to perish; f. sér, to make away with oneself; kona hans fór sér í dísar-sal, she killed herself, Fas. i. 527; hón varð stygg ok vildi fara sér, Landn. (Hb.) 55; ef þér gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit yðr sjálfir, Fms. viii. 53; hví ætla menn at hann mundi vilja f. sér sjálfr, iii. 59; fara lífi, fjörvi, öndu, id.; skal hann heldr eta, en fara öndu sinni, than starve oneself to death, K. Þ. K. 130; ok verðr þá þínu fjörvi um farit, Lv. 57, Ýt. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjörv. 13; mínu fjörvi at fara, Fm. 5; þú hefir sigr vegit, ok Fáfni (dat.) um farit, 23; farit hafði hann allri ætt Geirmímis, Hkv. 1. 14; ok létu hans fjörvi farit, Sól. 22; hann hafði farit mörgum manni, O. H. L. 11.
    β. to forfeit; fara sýknu sinni, Grág. i. 98; fara löndum ok lausafé, ii. 167.
    2. reflex. to perish (but esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea); farask af sulti, to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjöldi manns í díkit ok farask þar, v. 281; fórusk sex hundruð Vinda skipa, xi. 369; alls fórusk níu menn, Ísl. ii. 385; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43; þá er himin ok jörð hefir farisk, Edda 12; farask af hita, mæði, Fms. ix. 47; fórsk þar byrðingrinn, 307; hvar þess er menn farask, Grág. i. 219; heldr enn at fólk Guðs farisk af mínum völdum, Sks. 732: of cattle, ef fé hins hefir troðisk eðr farisk á þá lund sem nú var tínt, Grág. ii. 286.
    β. metaph., fersk nú vinátta ykkur, your friendship is done with, Band. 12.
    γ. the phrase, farask fyrir, to come to naught, Nj. 131; at síðr mun fyrir farask nokkut stórræði, Ísl. ii. 340; en fyrir fórusk málagjöldin af konungi, the payment never took place, Fms. v. 278; lét ek þetta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158; þá mun þat fyrir farask, Fs. 20; en fyrir fórsk þat þó þau misseri, Sd. 150: in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish.
    δ. in act. rarely, and perhaps only a misspelling: frá því er féit fór (fórsk better), K. Þ. K. 132; fóru (better fórusk, were drowned) margir Íslenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436.
    3. part. farinn, as adj. gone, undone; nú eru vér farnir, nema …, Lv. 83; hans tafl var mjök svá farit, his game was almost lost, Fas. i. 523; þá er farnir vóru forstöðumenn Tróju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone, Ver. 36; tungl farit, a ‘dead moon,’ i. e. new moon, Rb. 34; farinn af sulti ok mæði, Fms. viii. 53; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it; farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73; f. at vistum, xi. 33; f. at lausa-fé;. iii. 117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FARA

  • 10 SKAP

    * * *
    n.
    1) state, condition;
    at því skapi, in the same proportion;
    hélt þat vel skapi, meðan hón lifði, it kept a good state whilst she lived;
    2) condition of mind, temper, mood;
    þat er ekki mitt skap, it is not my turn of mind;
    vera (með) illu skapi, to be in an angry mood;
    bregða skapi við e-t, renna e-m í skap, to take to heart, be much affected by (rann honum mjök í skap sá atburðr);
    koma skapi við e-n, to agree with, het on with (engi kann við mik skapi koma);
    koma skapi (eiga skap) saman, to have minds alike (þit eigit meirr skap saman);
    hafa ekki skap til e-s, to have no mind to do a thing;
    hógværr í skapi, mild of temper;
    lítill í skapi, of small mind, faint-hearted;
    gera sér e-t í skap, to take into one’s head;
    vera e-m (vel) at skapi, vera nær skapi e-s, to be to one’s mind;
    e-t fellr e-m vel í skap, one likes, is pleased with;
    gera e-t til skaps e-m, to do a thing to please one.
    * * *
    n. [A. S. ge-sceap; Engl. shape; cp. Germ. be-schaffen]:—prop. shape, form.
    II. state, condition; at því skapi, in the same proportion, Rb. 96; nú ferr at því skapi um alla öldina, 62; hélt þat vel skapi, meðan hón lifði, it kept in a good state whilst she lived, Bs. 1. 129; því hefir haldit skapi, it has held its shape, remained unchanged, Jd. 3: under this head come compds denoting lawful, right, skap-drottinn, -þing, -dauði, -arfi, -bætendr, -þiggendr, see below.
    III. condition of mind, temper, mood, Fs. 128; ek kann skapi Hrafnkels, Hrafn. 27; hógværr í skapi, Nj. 2; mitt skap er eigi betra enn til meðallags, Þiðr.; hennar skap er svá stórt, at …, 307; Högni er nú mjök reiðr ok íllu skapi, in an angry mood, 321: mod., í íllu skapi, cp. vesall maðr ok ílla skapi ( ill-tempered), Hm. 21, where skapi seems to be used as an adjective; vera við e-s, skap, to be after one’s mind, Finnb. 262; hón svarar sem hennar var skap til, Fbr. 137; er ok varkunn á at þvílíkir hlutir liggi í miklu rúmi þeim er nokkurir eru skapi, Fms. iv. 80; kofarn í skapi, … íllr í skapi, ill-tempered; góðr í skapi, good-tempered; at þeir hafi ílla borit sik, svá at þeim hafi náliga í allt skap komit, áðr enn létti, so that at last they almost cried, Gísl. 39; vera lítill í skapi, of small mind, faint-hearted, Hrafn. 30; ef þeir væri svá litlir í skapi at þeir þyrði eigi, K. Þ. K. 94; hafa ekki skap til e-s, to have no mind to, Nj. 202; nú hefi ek beðit hér þá stund er ek fæ mér skap til, Ld. 256, cp. Ó. H. 47; honum rann í skap, ok reiddisk hann, Fms. vi. 212; ef þat væri feðr hennar eigi móti skapi, Eg. 36, Fms. ix. 244; óvinsæll ok lítt við alþýðu skap, unpopular, Fs. 63; enginn má við mik skapi koma, Lv. 22; þat fannsk á, at henni þótti þetta mjök í móti skapi, Ld. 88; þat væri mér næst skapi, I should have a great mind for, 86; vera e-m vel at skapi, to be to one’s mind, Fs. 16, Fms. vi. 304; göra e-m e-t til skaps, to do a thing to please one, humour him, Eg. 65, Nj. 198; e-m býr e-t í skapi, to brood over, plan, Ó. H. 32.
    COMPDS: skapsannmarki, skapshöfn, skapslöstr, skapsmunir.
    B. Plur. sköp, what is ‘shaped’ for one or fated, one’s fate; fár gengr of sköp Norna, Km. 24; eigi má sköpunum renna; sköpum viðr manngi, Am.; fátt er sköpum ríkra, Fs. 23; eigi má við sköpunum sporna, 26; mæla verðr einnhverr skapanna málum, Gísl. 17; íll sköp, ill fate; góð sköp, good luck, Korm. (in a verse); rík sköp, the mighty weird, Kormak; skiptu sköp, doom decided, Sturl. (in a verse); at sköpum = Gr. κατα μοιραν, Ýt. 9, Gg. 4, N. G. L. i. 204; ok gaf honum nær líf með sköpum, he escaped almost by a miracle, had a narrow escape, Fb. ii. 23.
    2. a curse, fatality; þá er konunga-börn urðu fyrir stjupmæðra sköpum ( curses), Fms. viii. 18; ó-sköp or ú-sköp, an ill fate, fatality, Hm. 97, Korm. 208, 240, Al. 129; verða fyrir ú-sköpum, Edda 11, Fas. i. 130 (of evil spells); ú-skapa verk, an evil deed which one is fated to do, iii. 406: vé-sköp, holy ordinance, Vsp. 2. sköpin (with the article), the genitals, Fms. v. 346, Ann. 1426, Edda (pref., of Saturn), Barl. 135, Fas. iii. 387, Bs. i. 466. skapa-dægr, n. one’s fated day of death; engi kemsk yfir sitt s., a saying, Es. 39.
    C. = skaf, q. v.; fimm hlöss viðar ok þrjú skaps, N. G. L. i. 240, ii. 110, v. l. 15.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SKAP

  • 11 with

    preposition
    1) mit

    put something with something — etwas zu etwas stellen/legen

    be with it(coll.) up to date sein

    not be with somebody(coll.): (fail to understand) jemandem nicht folgen können

    I'm not with you(coll.) ich komme nicht mit

    be one with somebody/something — mit jemandem/etwas eins sein

    2) (in the care or possession of) bei
    3) (owing to) vor (+ Dat.)
    5) (while having) bei
    6) (in regard to)

    what do you want with me?was wollen Sie von mir?

    what can he want with it?was mag er damit vorhaben?

    7) (at the same time as, in the same way as) mit
    8) (employed by) bei
    9) (despite) trotz; see also academic.ru/82354/will">will II 1. 4)
    * * *
    [wið]
    1) (in the company of; beside; among; including: I was walking with my father; Do they enjoy playing with each other?; He used to play football with the Arsenal team; Put this book with the others.) mit
    2) (by means of; using: Mend it with this glue; Cut it with a knife.) mit
    3) (used in expressing the idea of filling, covering etc: Fill this jug with milk; He was covered with mud.) mit
    4) (used in describing conflict: They quarrelled with each other; He fought with my brother.) mit
    5) (used in descriptions of things: a man with a limp; a girl with long hair; a stick with a handle; Treat this book with care.) mit
    6) (as the result of: He is shaking with fear.) vor
    7) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) bei
    8) (in relation to; in the case of; concerning: Be careful with that!; What's wrong with you?; What shall I do with these books?) mit
    9) (used in expressing a wish: Down with fascism!; Up with Manchester United!) mit
    * * *
    [wɪθ]
    1. (having, containing) mit + dat
    \with a little bit of luck mit ein wenig Glück
    he spoke \with a soft accent er sprach mit einem leichten Akzent
    I'd like a double room \with a sea view ich hätte gerne ein Doppelzimmer mit Blick aufs Meer
    2. (accompanied by) mit + dat
    I'm going to France \with a couple of friends ich fahre mit ein paar Freunden nach Frankreich
    3. (together with) mit + dat
    I need to talk \with you about this ich muss mit dir darüber reden
    I've got nothing in common \with him ich habe mit ihm nichts gemeinsam
    \with you and me, there'll be 10 of us mit dir und mir sind wir zu zehnt
    I'll be \with you in a second ich bin gleich bei dir
    we're going to stay \with some friends wir werden bei Freunden übernachten
    he decided to make a clean break \with the past er beschloss, einen Schlussstrich unter die Vergangenheit zu setzen
    can you help me \with my homework? kannst du mir bei den Hausaufgaben helfen?
    what's the matter \with her? was ist los mit ihr?
    it's the same \with me mir geht es genauso
    let me be frank \with you lass mich offen zu dir sein
    away \with you! fort mit dir!
    to have something/nothing to do \with sb/sth etwas/nichts mit jdm/etw zu tun haben
    6. (expressing feeling towards sb/sth) mit + dat
    I'm angry \with you ich bin sauer auf dich
    he was dissatisfied \with the new car er war unzufrieden mit dem neuen Wagen
    I'm content \with things the way they are ich bin zufrieden mit den Dingen, so wie sie sind
    7. (expressing manner) mit + dat
    she nodded \with a sigh sie nickte seufzend
    please handle this package \with care bitte behandeln sie dieses Paket mit Vorsicht
    \with a look of surprise mit einem erstaunten Gesichtsausdruck
    8. (in a state of) vor + dat
    she was shaking \with rage sie zitterte vor Wut
    he looked \with utter disbelief er starrte völlig ungläubig
    she was green \with jealousy sie war grün vor Eifersucht
    9. (in addition to) mit + dat
    \with that... [und] damit...
    he gave a slight moan and \with that he died er stöhnte kurz auf, woraufhin er verstarb
    10. (in proportion to) mit + dat
    the value could decrease \with time der Wert könnte mit der Zeit sinken
    the wine will improve \with age der Wein wird mit zunehmendem Alter besser
    11. (in direction of) mit + dat
    they went \with popular opinion sie gingen mit der öffentlichen Meinung
    I prefer to go \with my own feeling ich verlasse mich lieber auf mein Gefühl
    \with the current/tide/wind mit der Strömung/der Flut/dem Wind
    12. (using) mit + dat
    she paints \with watercolors sie malt mit Wasserfarben
    they covered the floor \with newspaper sie bedeckten den Boden mit Zeitungspapier
    13. (in circumstances of, while)
    \with things the way they are so wie die Dinge sind [o stehen]
    \with two minutes to take-off mit nur noch zwei Minuten bis zum Start
    what \with school and all, I don't have much time mit der Schule und allem bleibt mir nicht viel Zeit
    14. (despite) bei + dat
    \with all her faults trotz all ihrer Fehler
    even \with... selbst mit...
    15. (working for) bei + dat
    he's been \with the department since 1982 er arbeitet seit 1982 in der Abteilung
    16. (in support of)
    I agree \with you 100% ich stimme dir 100 % zu
    to be \with sb/sth hinter jdm/etw stehen
    to go \with sth mit etw dat mitziehen
    up/down \with sth hoch/nieder mit etw dat
    17. (to match)
    to go \with sth zu etw dat passen
    18. (filled with, covered by) mit + dat
    the basement is crawling \with spiders der Keller wimmelt von Spinnen
    his plate was heaped \with food sein Teller war mit Essen vollgeladen
    19. (on one's person) bei + dat
    , an + dat
    do you have a pen \with you? hast du einen Stift bei dir?
    bring a cake \with you bring einen Kuchen mit
    are you \with me? verstehst du?
    I'm sorry, but I'm not \with you Entschuldigung, aber da komm' ich nicht mit fam
    * * *
    [wIð, wɪɵ]
    prep
    1) mit

    with no... — ohne...

    (together) with the Victory, it's the biggest ship of its class — neben der Victory ist es das größte Schiff in seiner Klasse

    to walk with a stickam or mit einem Stock gehen

    put it with the restleg es zu den anderen

    the wind was with uswir hatten den Wind im Rücken, wir fuhren etc mit dem Wind

    how are things with you? — wie gehts?, wie stehts? (inf)

    See:
    → with it
    2) (= at house of, in company of etc) bei

    I'll be with you in a moment — einen Augenblick bitte, ich bin gleich da

    4) (cause) vor (+dat)

    to be ill with measles — die Masern haben, an Masern erkrankt sein

    5) (= in the case of) bei, mit

    the trouble with him is that he... — die Schwierigkeit bei or mit ihm ist (die), dass er...

    it's a habit with him —

    with God, all things are possible — bei or für Gott ist kein Ding unmöglich

    6) (= while sb/sth is) wo

    you can't go with your mother ill in bedwo deine Mutter krank im Bett liegt, kannst du nicht gehen

    7) (= in proportion) mit
    8) (= in spite of) trotz, bei

    with all his faults — bei allen seinen Fehlern, trotz aller seiner Fehler

    9)

    (= in agreement, on side of) I'm with you there (inf)da stimme ich dir zu

    10) (inf

    expressing comprehension) are you with me? — kapierst du? (inf), hast dus? (inf), kommst du mit? (inf)

    * * *
    with [wıð; wıθ] präp
    1. (zusammen) mit:
    would you like rice with your meat? möchten Sie Reis zum Fleisch?
    2. (in Übereinstimmung) mit, für:
    he that is not with me is against me wer nicht für mich ist, ist gegen mich;
    a) ich bin ganz Ihrer Ansicht oder auf Ihrer Seite,
    b) ich verstehe Sie sehr gut;
    vote with the Conservatives! stimmt für die Konservativen!;
    blue does not go with green Blau passt nicht zu Grün
    3. mit (besitzend):
    4. mit (vermittels):
    what will you buy with the money? was wirst du (dir) von dem Geld kaufen?
    with the door open bei offener Tür
    6. mit (in derselben Weise, im gleichen Grad, zur selben Zeit):
    7. bei:
    8. (kausal) durch, vor (dat):
    stiff with cold steif vor Kälte;
    tremble with fear vor Angst zittern
    9. bei, für:
    with God all things are possible bei Gott ist kein Ding unmöglich
    10. von, mit (Trennung): break1 C 1, etc
    11. gegen, mit:
    fight with s.o
    12. bei, aufseiten:
    it rests with you to decide die Entscheidung liegt bei dir
    13. nebst, samt:
    14. trotz:
    with the best intentions, he failed completely;
    with all her brains bei all ihrer Klugheit
    15. wie:
    have the same faith with s.o
    16. angesichts;
    in Anbetracht der Tatsache, dass:
    you can’t leave with your mother so ill du kannst nicht weggehen, wenn deine Mutter so krank ist
    17. with it umg
    a) auf Draht, auf der Höhe,
    b) up to date, modern
    frenzied [ˈfrenzıd] adj
    1. außer sich, rasend ( beide: with vor dat)
    2. frenetisch (Geschrei etc), (Beifall auch) rasend
    3. wild, hektisch:
    the room was full of frenzied activity im Zimmer herrschte hektische Aktivität
    w. abk
    2. wide
    4. wife
    5. with
    6. PHYS work
    * * *
    preposition
    1) mit

    put something with something — etwas zu etwas stellen/legen

    be with it(coll.) up to date sein

    not be with somebody(coll.): (fail to understand) jemandem nicht folgen können

    I'm not with you(coll.) ich komme nicht mit

    be one with somebody/something — mit jemandem/etwas eins sein

    3) (owing to) vor (+ Dat.)
    7) (at the same time as, in the same way as) mit
    9) (despite) trotz; see also will II 1. 4)
    * * *
    prep.
    mit präp.

    English-german dictionary > with

  • 12 um

    of
    * * *
    older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.
    I. with acc.
    1) around (slá hring um e-n);
    2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;
    3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;
    4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;
    5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;
    6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;
    7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);
    8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;
    9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);
    10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;
    11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);
    12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);
    13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;
    14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;
    15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;
    16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;
    II. with dat.
    1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;
    2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.
    * * *
    1.
    an enclytic particle, see ‘of,’ p. 462, col. 2.
    2.
    adv. too; see ‘of,’ p. 462, col. 2, and p. 463, col. 1.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > um

  • 13 with

    [wɪɵ] prep
    1) (having, containing) mit +dat;
    \with a little bit of luck mit ein wenig Glück;
    he spoke \with a soft accent er sprach mit einem leichten Akzent;
    I'd like a double room \with a sea view ich hätte gerne ein Doppelzimmer mit Blick aufs Meer
    2) ( accompanied by) mit +dat;
    I'm going to France \with a couple of friends ich fahre mit ein paar Freunden nach Frankreich
    3) ( together with) mit +dat;
    I need to talk \with you about this ich muss mit dir darüber reden;
    I've got nothing in common \with him ich habe mit ihm nichts gemeinsam;
    \with you and me, there'll be 10 of us mit dir und mir sind wir zu zehnt
    4) ( in company of) bei +dat;
    I'll be \with you in a second ich bin gleich bei dir;
    we're going to stay \with some friends wir werden bei Freunden übernachten
    it's the same \with me bei mir ist es das Gleiche;
    let me be frank \with you lass mich offen zu dir sein;
    away \with you! fort mit dir!
    he decided to make a clean break \with the past er beschloss einen Strich unter die Vergangenheit zu setzen;
    can you help me \with my homework? kannst du mir bei den Hausaufgaben helfen?;
    what's the matter \with her? was ist los mit ihr?;
    to have something/nothing to do \with sb/ sth etwas/nichts mit jdm/etw zu tun haben
    I'm angry \with you ich bin sauer auf dich;
    he was dissatisfied \with the new car er war unzufrieden mit dem neuen Wagen;
    I'm content \with things the way they are ich bin zufrieden mit den Dingen so wie sie sind
    8) ( expressing manner) mit +dat;
    she nodded \with a sigh sie nickte seufzend;
    \with a look of surprise mit einem erstaunten Gesichtsausdruck;
    please handle this package \with care bitte behandeln sie dieses Paket mit Vorsicht
    9) ( in a state of) vor +dat;
    she was shaking \with rage sie zitterte vor Wut;
    he looked \with utter disbelief er starrte völlig ungläubig;
    she was green \with jealousy sie war grün vor Eifersucht
    10) ( in addition to) mit +dat;
    \with that... [und] damit...
    11) ( in proportion to) mit +dat;
    the value could decrease \with time der Wert könnte mit der Zeit sinken;
    the wine will improve \with age der Wein wird mit dem Alter besser
    12) ( in direction of) mit +dat;
    they went \with popular opinion sie gingen mit der öffentlichen Meinung;
    I prefer to go \with my own feeling ich verlasse mich lieber auf mein Gefühl;
    \with the wind/ tide/ current mit dem Wind/der Flut/Strömung
    13) ( using) mit +dat;
    she paints \with watercolours sie malt mit Wasserfarben;
    they covered the floor \with newspaper sie bedeckten den Boden mit Zeitungspapier
    14) (in circumstances of, while)
    \with things the way they are so wie die Dinge sind [o stehen];
    \with two minutes to take-off mit nur noch zwei Minuten bis zum Start;
    what \with school and all, I don't have much time mit der Schule und allem bleibt mir nicht viel Zeit
    15) ( despite) bei +dat;
    \with all her faults bei all ihren Fehlern;
    even \with... selbst mit...
    16) ( working for) bei +dat;
    he's been \with the department since 1982 er arbeitet seit 1982 in der Abteilung
    I agree \with you 100% ich stimme dir 100% zu;
    to be \with sb/ sth hinter jdm/etw stehen;
    to go \with sth mit etw dat mitziehen;
    up/down \with sth hoch/nieder mit etw dat
    to go \with sth zu etw dat passen
    19) (filled with, covered by) mit +dat;
    the basement is crawling \with spiders im Keller wimmelt es von Spinnen;
    his plate was heaped \with food sein Teller war mit Essen voll geladen
    20) ( on one's person) bei +dat, an +dat;
    do you have a pen \with you? hast du einen Stift bei dir?;
    bring a cake \with you bring einen Kuchen mit
    are you \with me? verstehst du?;
    I'm sorry, but I'm not \with you Entschuldigung, aber da komm' ich nicht mit

    English-German students dictionary > with

  • 14 ἄκρος

    ἄκρος, α, ον, (on the Root
    A v. ἀκή A) at the farthest point or end, hence either topmost, outermost, or inmost.
    1 highest, topmost,

    ἀκροτάτῃ κορυφῇ Il.1.499

    , al.; ἐν πόλει ἄκρῃ, = ἐν ἀκροπόλει, Il.6.88, cf. 257;

    ἄκρῳ Ὀλύμπῳ 13.523

    ;

    ἀνὰ Γαργάρῳ ἄκρῳ 14.352

    ; λάψοντες.. μέλαν ὕδωρ ἄκρον at its surface, 16.162; ἄκρον ῥινόν surface of skin, Od.22.278; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὀρέων o mountain tops, S.OT 1106: [comp] Sup.

    ἀκρότατος, ὔσδος Sapph.93.2

    ; ὀρόφοισι Orac. ap. Hdt.7.140.
    2 outermost, πεδίον ἐπ' ἄκρον to the farthest edge of the plain, S.Ant. 1197; κατ' ἄκρας σπιλάδος from the surface of a stone, Id.Tr. 678; esp. of extremities of body, ἄ. χείρ, πόδες, ὦμος, end of hand, ends of feet, tip of shoulder, Il.5.336, 16.640, 17.599;

    ἄκρων χειρῶν καὶ ποδῶν Hdt.1.119

    , cf. Th.2.49, Pl.La. 183b, Ti. 76e; but τὸ ἄ. τῆς χειρός, τοῦ ποδός, thumb, great toe, LXX Ex.29.20, Le.18.22;

    γλῶσσαν ἄκραν S.Aj. 238

    ; πίτυν ἄκρας τῆς κόμης καθέλκων by the top of the crown, Cratin. 296:—ἐπ' ἄκρων [δακτύλων] on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230, ubi v. Sch.; comically, ἐπ' ἄκρων πυγιδίων on tip-tail, Ar.Ach. 638;

    ἐν ἄκροισι βὰς ποσί E. Ion 1166

    ;

    παρ' ἄκρας τρίχας Or. 128

    ;

    ἀκροτάτοις χείλεσι Epigr.Gr. 547.8

    :— οὐκ ἀπ' ἄκρας φρενός not from the outside of the heart, i.e. from the in mostheart, A.Ag. 805, cf. E.Hec. 242; ἄκροισι λαίφους κρασπέδοις with mere edges of sail, i.e. under close-reejed sails, Id.Med. 524, cf. Ar.Ra. 999.
    b Geom., of the extremity of a line,

    ἡ ἐπ' ἄκραν τὴν ἀποληφθεῖσαν ἀγομένη Apollon.

    Perg.Con. 4.8: Math., of extremes in a proportion, Pl.Ti. 36a, etc.; εἰς ἄκρον καὶ μέσον λόγον τέμνειν cut in extremeand mean ratio, Euc.6.30, cf.5 Def.17.
    c in Tactics, ἄκροι, οἱ, flank men, Ascl.Tact.1.3, cf. 7.6.
    3 inmost,

    μυελός E.Hipp. 255

    .
    II of Time, ἄκρᾳ σὺν ἑσπέρᾳ on the edge of evening. i.e. at nightfall, Pi.P. 11.10, cf.

    ἄκρῃ νυκτί Arat.775

    ; ἄκρου τοῦ ἔαρος at beginning of spring, IPE12.352.29 (Cherson., ii B. C.); but usu. denoting completeness, ἄκρου τοῦ θέρεος at mid-summer, Hp.Aph.3.18;

    χειμῶνος ἄκρω Theoc. 11.37

    ; ἄκρας νυκτός at dead of night, S.Aj. 285.
    III of Degree, highest in its kind, consummate,
    1 of persons, Hdt. 5.112, 6.122;

    τοξότης ἄ. A.Ag. 628

    ; θεσφάτων γνώμων ἄ. ib. 1130;

    μάντις S.El. 1499

    ;

    ἰατροί Phld.Lib.p.67

    O.;

    οἱ πάντῃ ἄ., οἱ ἀκρότατοι Pl.Tht. 148c

    ; of any extremes, opp.

    τὰ μεταξύ, τοῖς ἄ. τὰ ἄ. ἀποδιδόναι Id.R. 478e

    , cf. Phd. 90a; of classes in a state, Arist.Pol. 1296b39: in moral sense, both good and bad,

    ἐπιδικάζονται οἱ ἄ. τῆς μέσης χώρας Id.EN 1107b31

    ; αἱ ἄ. [διαθέσεις] ib. 1108b14, cf.

    ἄκρον 11.1

    :—c. acc. modi, ψυχὴν οὐκ ἄ. not strong of mind, Hdt.5.124;

    ἄ. τὰ πολέμια 7.111

    ; ἄ. ὀργήν quick to anger, passionate, 1.73;

    Εὐρώπη ἀρετὴν ἄκρη 7.5

    : c.gen.,

    οἱ ἄ. τῆς ποιήσεως Pl.Tht. 152e

    ;

    ἄ. εἰς φιλοσοφίαν R. 499c

    ;

    περὶ ὁπλομαχίαν Lg. 833e

    .
    2 of things, highest, extreme,

    συμφορά Alex. 222.4

    (cj. Dobree);

    νηστεία Diph.54

    : [comp] Sup., Pl.Phlb. 45a.
    IV as Subst., v. ἄκρα, ἄκρον.
    2 reg. Adv. ἄκρως, ἀνεστάλθαι to be turned up at the point, Hp.Mochl.24.
    b utterly, perfectly, Pl.R. 543a, Hegesand. 4;

    μόνος ἄκρως Euphro 1.5

    ; σχῆμα ἄ. στρογγύλον absolutely round, Hero *Deff.76.
    c skilfully, Phld.Lib.p.27 O.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄκρος

См. также в других словарях:

  • Distributive proportion — Distributive Dis*trib u*tive, a. [Cf. F. distributif.] 1. Tending to distribute; serving to divide and assign in portions; dealing to each his proper share. Distributive justice. Swift. [1913 Webster] 2. (Logic) Assigning the species of a general …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • serofibrinous — Denoting an exudate composed of serum and fibrin. * * * se·ro·fi·brin·ous fī brin əs adj composed of or characterized by serum and fibrin <a serofibrinous exudate> <serofibrinous pleurisy> * * * adj. describing an exudate of serum… …   Medical dictionary

  • labour-intensive — Denoting an industry, company, production process, or project in which the remuneration paid to employees represents a high proportion of the total costs. Compare capital intensive …   Big dictionary of business and management

  • HEBREW LANGUAGE — This entry is arranged according to the following scheme: pre biblical biblical the dead sea scrolls mishnaic medieval modern period A detailed table of contents precedes each section. PRE BIBLICAL nature of the evidence the sources phonology… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Triangle — This article is about the basic geometric shape. For other uses, see Triangle (disambiguation). Isosceles and Acute Triangle redirect here. For the trapezoid, see Isosceles trapezoid. For The Welcome to Paradox episode, see List of Welcome to… …   Wikipedia

  • Jew — A Jew (Hebrew: יְהוּדִי, Yehudi (sl.); he. יְהוּדִים, Yehudim (pl.); Ladino: ג׳ודיו, Djudio (sl.); ג׳ודיוס, Djudios (pl.); Yiddish: ייִד, Yid (sl.); yi. ייִדן, Yidn (pl.)) [According to the The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language …   Wikipedia

  • Black–Scholes — The Black–Scholes model (pronounced /ˌblæk ˈʃoʊlz/[1]) is a mathematical model of a financial market containing certain derivative investment instruments. From the model, one can deduce the Black–Scholes formula, which gives the price of European …   Wikipedia

  • ZIONISM — This article is arranged according to the following outline: the word and its meaning forerunners ḤIBBAT ZION ROOTS OF ḤIBBAT ZION background to the emergence of the movement the beginnings of the movement PINSKER S AUTOEMANCIPATION settlement… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Jewish ethnic divisions — Part of a series of articles on Jews and Judaism …   Wikipedia

  • Coefficient of determination — In statistics, the coefficient of determination R2 is used in the context of statistical models whose main purpose is the prediction of future outcomes on the basis of other related information. It is the proportion of variability in a data set… …   Wikipedia

  • Glossary of wine terms — The glossary of wine terms lists the definitions of many general terms used within the wine industry. For terms specific to viticulture, winemaking, grape varieties, and wine tasting, see the topic specific list in the See also section below.… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»